Algebraic Combinatorics Blueprint

2. Commutative Rings and Modules🔗

Definition2.1
L∃∀Nused by 0

A commutative ring means a set K equipped with three maps \oplus : K\times K\rightarrow K, \ominus : K\times K\rightarrow K, and \odot : K\times K\rightarrow K, and two elements \mathbf{0}\in K and \mathbf{1}\in K satisfying the following axioms:

  1. Commutativity of addition: We have a\oplus b=b\oplus a for all a,b\in K.

  2. Associativity of addition: We have a\oplus\left(b\oplus c\right)=\left(a\oplus b\right)\oplus c for all a,b,c\in K.

  3. Neutrality of zero: We have a\oplus\mathbf{0}=\mathbf{0}\oplus a=a for all a\in K.

  4. Subtraction undoes addition: Let a,b,c\in K. We have a\oplus b=c if and only if a=c\ominus b.

  5. Commutativity of multiplication: We have a\odot b=b\odot a for all a,b\in K.

  6. Associativity of multiplication: We have a\odot\left(b\odot c\right)=\left(a\odot b\right)\odot c for all a,b,c\in K.

  7. Distributivity: We have a\odot\left(b\oplus c\right)=\left(a\odot b\right)\oplus\left(a\odot c\right) and \left(a\oplus b\right)\odot c=\left(a\odot c\right)\oplus\left(b\odot c\right) for all a,b,c\in K.

  8. Neutrality of one: We have a\odot\mathbf{1}=\mathbf{1}\odot a=a for all a\in K.

  9. Annihilation: We have a\odot\mathbf{0}=\mathbf{0}\odot a=\mathbf{0} for all a\in K.

The operations \oplus, \ominus and \odot are called the addition, the subtraction and the multiplication of the ring K. When confusion is unlikely, we will denote these three operations by +, - and \cdot, respectively, and we will abbreviate a\odot b=a\cdot b by ab.

The elements \mathbf{0} and \mathbf{1} are called the zero and the unity or the one of the ring K. We will simply call these elements 0 and 1 when confusion with the corresponding numbers is unlikely.

We will use PEMDAS conventions for the three operations \oplus, \ominus and \odot. These imply that \odot has higher precedence than \oplus and \ominus, while \oplus and \ominus are left-associative.

Lean code for Definition2.19 theorems
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_comm.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_comm.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) :
      aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aK
    **Commutativity of addition** (Axiom 1 in def.alg.commring):
    `a + b = b + a` for all `a, b ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_assoc.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_assoc.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK
    **Associativity of addition** (Axiom 2 in def.alg.commring):
    `a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c` for all `a, b, c ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_zero.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_add_zero.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) :
      aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    **Neutrality of zero** (Axiom 3 in def.alg.commring):
    `a + 0 = a` for all `a ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_sub_iff_add.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cK Iff (a b : Prop) : PropIf and only if, or logical bi-implication. `a ↔ b` means that `a` implies `b` and vice versa.
    By `propext`, this implies that `a` and `b` are equal and hence any expression involving `a`
    is equivalent to the corresponding expression with `b` instead.
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `↔` in identifiers is `iff`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `<->` in identifiers is `iff` (prefer `↔` over `<->`). aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_sub_iff_add.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cK Iff (a b : Prop) : PropIf and only if, or logical bi-implication. `a ↔ b` means that `a` implies `b` and vice versa.
    By `propext`, this implies that `a` and `b` are equal and hence any expression involving `a`
    is equivalent to the corresponding expression with `b` instead.
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `↔` in identifiers is `iff`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `<->` in identifiers is `iff` (prefer `↔` over `<->`). aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bK
    **Subtraction undoes addition** (Axiom 4 in def.alg.commring):
    `a + b = c ↔ a = c - b` for all `a, b, c ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_comm.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_comm.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) :
      aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK
    **Commutativity of multiplication** (Axiom 5 in def.alg.commring):
    `a * b = b * a` for all `a, b ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_assoc.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_assoc.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    **Associativity of multiplication** (Axiom 6 in def.alg.commring):
    `a * (b * c) = (a * b) * c` for all `a, b, c ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_left_distrib.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_left_distrib.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK cK : KType u_1) :
      aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    **Distributivity** (Axiom 7 in def.alg.commring):
    `a * (b + c) = a * b + a * c` for all `a, b, c ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_one.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 1 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_one.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) :
      aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 1 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    **Neutrality of one** (Axiom 8 in def.alg.commring):
    `a * 1 = a` for all `a ∈ K`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_zero.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.commRing_mul_zero.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) :
      aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    **Annihilation** (Axiom 9 in def.alg.commring):
    `a * 0 = 0` for all `a ∈ K`. 
Lemma2.2
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a,b\in K, we have -\left( a+b\right) =\left( -a\right) +\left( -b\right).

Lean code for Lemma2.21 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.neg_add_distrib.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).(HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.neg_add_distrib.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) :
      -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).(HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bK
    Negation distributes over addition: `-(a + b) = (-a) + (-b)`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory.

Lemma2.3
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a\in K, we have -\left( -a\right) =a.

Lean code for Lemma2.31 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.neg_neg_eq.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK : KType u_1) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator). -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.neg_neg_eq.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) :
      -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator). -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK
    Double negation: `-(-a) = a`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory.

Lemma2.4
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a\in K and n,m\in\mathbb{Z}, we have \left( n+m\right) a=na+ma.

Lean code for Lemma2.41 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.add_zsmul_distrib.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) (n m : Int : TypeThe integers.
    
    This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
    runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
    larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
    than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
    architectures).
    ) : (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. n HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.add_zsmul_distrib.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1)
      (n m : Int : TypeThe integers.
    
    This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
    runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
    larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
    than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
    architectures).
    ) : (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. n HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK
    Scalar multiplication by integers distributes: `(n + m) • a = n • a + m • a`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory.

Lemma2.5
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a\in K and n,m\in\mathbb{Z}, we have \left( nm\right) a=n\left( ma\right).

Lean code for Lemma2.51 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_zsmul_assoc.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1) (n m : Int : TypeThe integers.
    
    This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
    runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
    larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
    than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
    architectures).
    ) : (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. m)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. n HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. m HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_zsmul_assoc.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1)
      (n m : Int : TypeThe integers.
    
    This type is special-cased by the compiler and overridden with an efficient implementation. The
    runtime has a special representation for `Int` that stores “small” signed numbers directly, while
    larger numbers use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)). A “small number” is an integer that can be encoded with one fewer bits
    than the platform's pointer size (i.e. 63 bits on 64-bit architectures and 31 bits on 32-bit
    architectures).
    ) : (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. m)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. n HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. m HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aK
    Scalar multiplication by integers is associative: `(n * m) • a = n • (m • a)`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory.

Lemma2.6
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a,b,c\in K, we have a\left( b-c\right) =\left( ab\right) -\left( ac\right).

Lean code for Lemma2.61 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_sub_distrib.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK cK : KType u_1) : aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).bK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). cK)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_sub_distrib.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK cK : KType u_1) :
      aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).bK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). cK)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. cK
    Multiplication distributes over subtraction: `a * (b - c) = a * b - a * c`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory.

Lemma2.7
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a,b\in K and n\in\mathbb{N}, we have \left( ab\right) ^{n}=a^{n}b^{n}.

Lean code for Lemma2.71 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_pow_eq.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK bK : KType u_1) (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.mul_pow_eq.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1)
      (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.aK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n
    Power of a product: `(a * b)^n = a^n * b^n`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory (induction on n).

Lemma2.8
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a\in K and n,m\in\mathbb{N}, we have a^{n+m}=a^{n}a^{m}.

Lean code for Lemma2.81 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pow_add_eq.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK : KType u_1) (n m : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pow_add_eq.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1)
      (n m : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. m)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m
    Power addition rule: `a^(n+m) = a^n * a^m`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory (induction on m).

Lemma2.9
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a\in K and n,m\in\mathbb{N}, we have a^{nm}=\left( a^{n}\right) ^{m}.

Lean code for Lemma2.91 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pow_mul_eq.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      (aK : KType u_1) (n m : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. m)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`.aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n)HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.pow_mul_eq.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK : KType u_1)
      (n m : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) : aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.n *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. m)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`.aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n)HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m
    Power multiplication rule: `a^(n*m) = (a^n)^m`. 
Proof

Standard ring theory (induction on m).

Theorem2.10
L∃∀Nused by 0

Binomial Theorem. Let K be a commutative ring. For any a,b\in K and n\in\mathbb{N}, (a+b)^n = \sum_{k=0}^{n} \binom{n}{k} a^k b^{n-k}.

Lean code for Theorem2.101 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binomial_theorem.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) :
      (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         k  Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`., aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. k *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).n -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). k)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (n.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
    coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
    set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  k)
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binomial_theorem.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1)
      (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) :
      (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         k  Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.,
          aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. k *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).n -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). k)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (n.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
    coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
    set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  k)
    **The Binomial Theorem** (mentioned in def.alg.commring):
    `(a + b)^n = ∑_{k=0}^n C(n,k) * a^k * b^(n-k)`.
    
    In Mathlib, this is `add_pow` from `Mathlib.Data.Nat.Choose.Sum`. 
Proof

Standard; this is the binomial theorem from Mathlib.

Lemma2.11
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. For any a,b\in K and n\in\mathbb{N}, (a-b)^n = \sum_{m=0}^{n} (-1)^{m+n} \cdot a^m \cdot b^{n-m} \cdot \binom{n}{m}.

Lean code for Lemma2.111 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binomial_theorem_sub.{u_1} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1) (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) :
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).aK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bK)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         m  Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.,
          (-1) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.m +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. n)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).n -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). m)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. (n.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
    coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
    set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  m)
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.binomial_theorem_sub.{u_1}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] (aK bK : KType u_1)
      (n : Nat : TypeThe natural numbers, starting at zero.
    
    This type is special-cased by both the kernel and the compiler, and overridden with an efficient
    implementation. Both use a fast arbitrary-precision arithmetic library (usually
    [GMP](https://gmplib.org/)); at runtime, `Nat` values that are sufficiently small are unboxed.
    ) :
      (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).aK -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bK)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. n =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         m  Finset.rangeFinset.range (n : ℕ) : Finset ℕ`range n` is the set of natural numbers less than `n`.  (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.n +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 1)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.,
          (-1) ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.m +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. n)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. aK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. m *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
              bK ^HPow.hPow.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HPow α β γ] : α → β → γ`a ^ b` computes `a` to the power of `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `^` in identifiers is `pow`. (HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator).n -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). m)HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.
            (n.chooseNat.choose : ℕ → ℕ → ℕ`choose n k` is the number of `k`-element subsets in an `n`-element set. Also known as binomial
    coefficients. For the fact that this is the number of `k`-element-subsets of an `n`-element
    set, see `Finset.card_powersetCard`.  m)
    Variant of the binomial theorem with subtraction. 
Proof

Write a - b = a + (-b) and apply the binomial theorem.

Lemma2.12
Group: Finite sums and products in commutative rings. (3)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
Preview
Lemma 2.13
Loading preview
Hover a group entry to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. Let S be a finite type, and let X, Y be disjoint finite subsets of S. For any family (a_s)_{s \in S} of elements of K, we have \sum_{s\in X\cup Y}a_{s}=\sum_{s\in X}a_{s}+\sum_{s\in Y}a_{s}.

Lean code for Lemma2.121 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_disjoint_union.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [DecidableEqDecidableEq.{u} (α : Sort u) : Sort (max 1 u)Propositional equality is `Decidable` for all elements of a type.
    
    In other words, an instance of `DecidableEq α` is a means of deciding the proposition `a = b` is
    for all `a b : α`.
     SType u_2] {XFinset S YFinset S : FinsetFinset.{u_4} (α : Type u_4) : Type u_4`Finset α` is the type of finite sets of elements of `α`. It is implemented
    as a multiset (a list up to permutation) which has no duplicate elements.  SType u_2}
      (hXYDisjoint X Y : DisjointDisjoint.{u_1} {α : Type u_1} [PartialOrder α] [OrderBot α] (a b : α) : PropTwo elements of a lattice are disjoint if their inf is the bottom element.
      (This generalizes disjoint sets, viewed as members of the subset lattice.)
    
    Note that we define this without reference to `⊓`, as this allows us to talk about orders where
    the infimum is not unique, or where implementing `Inf` would require additional `Decidable`
    arguments.  XFinset S YFinset S) (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       sS  XFinset S Union.union.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Union α] : α → α → α`a ∪ b` is the union of `a` and `b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∪` in identifiers is `union`. YFinset S, fS → K sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.  sS  XFinset S, fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.  sS  YFinset S, fS → K sS
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_disjoint_union.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [DecidableEqDecidableEq.{u} (α : Sort u) : Sort (max 1 u)Propositional equality is `Decidable` for all elements of a type.
    
    In other words, an instance of `DecidableEq α` is a means of deciding the proposition `a = b` is
    for all `a b : α`.
     SType u_2]
      {XFinset S YFinset S : FinsetFinset.{u_4} (α : Type u_4) : Type u_4`Finset α` is the type of finite sets of elements of `α`. It is implemented
    as a multiset (a list up to permutation) which has no duplicate elements.  SType u_2} (hXYDisjoint X Y : DisjointDisjoint.{u_1} {α : Type u_1} [PartialOrder α] [OrderBot α] (a b : α) : PropTwo elements of a lattice are disjoint if their inf is the bottom element.
      (This generalizes disjoint sets, viewed as members of the subset lattice.)
    
    Note that we define this without reference to `⊓`, as this allows us to talk about orders where
    the infimum is not unique, or where implementing `Inf` would require additional `Decidable`
    arguments.  XFinset S YFinset S)
      (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       sS  XFinset S Union.union.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Union α] : α → α → α`a ∪ b` is the union of `a` and `b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∪` in identifiers is `union`. YFinset S, fS → K sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         sS  XFinset S, fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.  sS  YFinset S, fS → K sS
    Finite sums can be split over disjoint sets. 
Proof

Standard.

Lemma2.13
Group: Finite sums and products in commutative rings. (3)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. Let T be a finite set and (a_s)_{s\in T}, (b_s)_{s\in T} be two families of elements of K. Then \sum_{s\in T}\left( a_{s}+b_{s}\right) =\sum_{s\in T}a_{s}+\sum_{s\in T}b_{s}.

Lean code for Lemma2.131 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_add_distrib'.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } {TFinset S : FinsetFinset.{u_4} (α : Type u_4) : Type u_4`Finset α` is the type of finite sets of elements of `α`. It is implemented
    as a multiset (a list up to permutation) which has no duplicate elements.  SType u_2} (fS → K gS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       sS  TFinset S, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. gS → K sS)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.  sS  TFinset S, fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.  sS  TFinset S, gS → K sS
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_add_distrib'.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } {TFinset S : FinsetFinset.{u_4} (α : Type u_4) : Type u_4`Finset α` is the type of finite sets of elements of `α`. It is implemented
    as a multiset (a list up to permutation) which has no duplicate elements.  SType u_2}
      (fS → K gS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       sS  TFinset S, (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. gS → K sS)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`.
         sS  TFinset S, fS → K sS +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.  sS  TFinset S, gS → K sS
    Finite sums distribute over addition. 
Proof

Standard.

Lemma2.14
Group: Finite sums and products in commutative rings. (3)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
Preview
Lemma 2.12
Loading preview
Hover a group entry to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. If S=\varnothing, then \sum_{s\in S}a_{s}=0.

Lean code for Lemma2.141 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_empty.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :  _sS  EmptyCollection.emptyCollection.{u} {α : Type u} [self : EmptyCollection α] : α`∅` or `{}` is the empty set or empty collection.
    It is supported by the `EmptyCollection` typeclass. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `{}` in identifiers is `empty`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∅` in identifiers is `empty`., fS → K _sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.sum_empty.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       _sS  EmptyCollection.emptyCollection.{u} {α : Type u} [self : EmptyCollection α] : α`∅` or `{}` is the empty set or empty collection.
    It is supported by the `EmptyCollection` typeclass. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `{}` in identifiers is `empty`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∅` in identifiers is `empty`., fS → K _sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    Empty sum equals zero. 
Proof

By definition.

Lemma2.15
Group: Finite sums and products in commutative rings. (3)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
Preview
Lemma 2.12
Loading preview
Hover a group entry to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring. If S=\varnothing, then \prod_{s\in S}a_{s}=1.

Lean code for Lemma2.151 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.prod_empty.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :  _sS  EmptyCollection.emptyCollection.{u} {α : Type u} [self : EmptyCollection α] : α`∅` or `{}` is the empty set or empty collection.
    It is supported by the `EmptyCollection` typeclass. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `{}` in identifiers is `empty`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∅` in identifiers is `empty`., fS → K _sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.prod_empty.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {SType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } (fS → K : SType u_2  KType u_1) :
       _sS  EmptyCollection.emptyCollection.{u} {α : Type u} [self : EmptyCollection α] : α`∅` or `{}` is the empty set or empty collection.
    It is supported by the `EmptyCollection` typeclass. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `{}` in identifiers is `empty`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `∅` in identifiers is `empty`., fS → K _sS =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 1
    Empty product equals one. 
Proof

By definition.

Definition2.16
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring.

A K-module means a set M equipped with three maps \oplus : M\times M\rightarrow M, \qquad \ominus : M\times M\rightarrow M, \qquad \rightharpoonup : K\times M\rightarrow M an element \overrightarrow{0}\in M satisfying the following axioms:

  1. Commutativity of addition: We have a\oplus b=b\oplus a for all a,b\in M.

  2. Associativity of addition: We have a\oplus\left( b\oplus c\right) =\left( a\oplus b\right) \oplus c for all a,b,c\in M.

  3. Neutrality of zero: We have a\oplus\overrightarrow{0}=\overrightarrow{0}\oplus a=a for all a\in M.

  4. Subtraction undoes addition: Let a,b,c\in M. We have a\oplus b=c if and only if a=c\ominus b.

  5. Associativity of scaling: We have u\rightharpoonup\left( v\rightharpoonup a\right) =\left( uv\right)\rightharpoonup a for all u,v\in K and a\in M.

  6. Left distributivity: We have u\rightharpoonup\left( a\oplus b\right) =\left( u\rightharpoonup a\right) \oplus\left( u\rightharpoonup b\right) for all u\in K and a,b\in M.

  7. Right distributivity: We have \left( u+v\right)\rightharpoonup a =\left( u\rightharpoonup a\right) \oplus\left( v\rightharpoonup a\right) for all u,v\in K and a\in M.

  8. Neutrality of one: We have 1\rightharpoonup a=a for all a\in M.

  9. Left annihilation: We have 0\rightharpoonup a=\overrightarrow{0} for all a\in M.

  10. Right annihilation: We have u\rightharpoonup\overrightarrow{0}=\overrightarrow{0} for all u\in K.

The operations \oplus, \ominus and \rightharpoonup are called the addition, the subtraction and the scaling, or the K-action, of the K-module M. When confusion is unlikely, we will denote these three operations by +, - and \cdot, respectively, and we will abbreviate a\rightharpoonup b=a\cdot b by ab.

The element \overrightarrow{0} is called the zero or the zero vector of the K-module M. We will usually just call it 0.

When M is a K-module, the elements of M are called vectors, while the elements of K are called scalars.

We will use PEMDAS conventions for the three operations \oplus, \ominus and \rightharpoonup, with \rightharpoonup having higher precedence than \oplus and \ominus.

Lean code for Definition2.1610 theorems
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_comm.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM bM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_comm.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM bM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. aM
    **Commutativity of addition** (Axiom 1 in def.alg.module):
    `a + b = b + a` for all `a, b ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_assoc.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM bM cM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_assoc.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM bM cM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. cM
    **Associativity of addition** (Axiom 2 in def.alg.module):
    `a + (b + c) = (a + b) + c` for all `a, b, c ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_zero.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_zero.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    **Neutrality of zero** (Axiom 3 in def.alg.module):
    `a + 0 = a` for all `a ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_iff_add.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM bM cM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cM Iff (a b : Prop) : PropIf and only if, or logical bi-implication. `a ↔ b` means that `a` implies `b` and vice versa.
    By `propext`, this implies that `a` and `b` are equal and hence any expression involving `a`
    is equivalent to the corresponding expression with `b` instead.
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `↔` in identifiers is `iff`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `<->` in identifiers is `iff` (prefer `↔` over `<->`). aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_iff_add.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM bM cM : MType u_2) : aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cM Iff (a b : Prop) : PropIf and only if, or logical bi-implication. `a ↔ b` means that `a` implies `b` and vice versa.
    By `propext`, this implies that `a` and `b` are equal and hence any expression involving `a`
    is equivalent to the corresponding expression with `b` instead.
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `↔` in identifiers is `iff`.
    
     * The recommended spelling of `<->` in identifiers is `iff` (prefer `↔` over `<->`). aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. cM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM
    **Subtraction undoes addition** (Axiom 4 in def.alg.module):
    `a + b = c ↔ a = c - b` for all `a, b, c ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_assoc.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK vK : KType u_1)
      (aM : MType u_2) : uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. vK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.uK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. vK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_assoc.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK vK : KType u_1) (aM : MType u_2) :
      uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. vK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. (HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`.uK *HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. vK)HMul.hMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a * b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `*` in identifiers is `mul`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    **Associativity of scaling** (Axiom 5 in def.alg.module):
    `u • (v • a) = (u * v) • a` for all `u, v ∈ K` and `a ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_add.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK : KType u_1)
      (aM bM : MType u_2) : uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. bM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_add.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK : KType u_1) (aM bM : MType u_2) :
      uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. bM
    **Left distributivity** (Axiom 6 in def.alg.module):
    `u • (a + b) = u • a + u • b` for all `u ∈ K` and `a, b ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_smul.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK vK : KType u_1)
      (aM : MType u_2) : (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.uK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. vK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. vK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_add_smul.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK vK : KType u_1) (aM : MType u_2) :
      (HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.uK +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. vK)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. vK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    **Right distributivity** (Axiom 7 in def.alg.module):
    `(u + v) • a = u • a + v • a` for all `u, v ∈ K` and `a ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_one_smul.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) :
      1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_one_smul.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : 1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    **Neutrality of one** (Axiom 8 in def.alg.module):
    `1 • a = a` for all `a ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_zero_smul.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) :
      0 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_zero_smul.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : 0 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    **Left annihilation** (Axiom 9 in def.alg.module):
    `0 • a = 0` for all `a ∈ M`. 
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_zero.{u_1, u_2} {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK : KType u_1) :
      uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_smul_zero.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (uK : KType u_1) : uK HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. 0 =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. 0
    **Right annihilation** (Axiom 10 in def.alg.module):
    `u • 0 = 0` for all `u ∈ K`. 
Lemma2.17
Group: Additive inverses in modules. (4)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring and M a K-module. For any a\in M, the additive inverse of a can be constructed as (-1)\cdot a, that is, -a = (-1)\cdot a.

Lean code for Lemma2.171 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_eq_neg_one_smul.{u_1, u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_eq_neg_one_smul.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. aM
    **Additive inverse via scaling** (Note in def.alg.module):
    The additive inverse of `a` can be constructed as `(-1) • a`.
    This shows why modules don't need explicit negation in their axioms. 
Proof

Standard module theory.

Lemma2.18
Group: Additive inverses in modules. (4)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring and M a K-module. For any a,b\in M, we have a - b = a + (-b).

Lean code for Lemma2.181 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_eq_add_neg.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM bM : MType u_2) : aM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_eq_add_neg.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM bM : MType u_2) : aM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bM
    Subtraction can be expressed as addition of the negation. 
Proof

Standard module theory.

Lemma2.19
Group: Additive inverses in modules. (4)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring and M a K-module. For any a,b\in M, we have a - b = a + (-1)\cdot b.

Lean code for Lemma2.191 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_eq_add_neg_one_smul.{u_1, u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1] {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM bM : MType u_2) : aM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. bM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_sub_eq_add_neg_one_smul.{u_1,
        u_2}
      {KType u_1 : Type u_1A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [CommRingCommRing.{u} (α : Type u) : Type uA commutative ring is a ring with commutative multiplication.  KType u_1]
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      [ModuleModule.{u, v} (R : Type u) (M : Type v) [Semiring R] [AddCommMonoid M] : Type (max u v)A module is a generalization of vector spaces to a scalar semiring.
    It consists of a scalar semiring `R` and an additive monoid of "vectors" `M`,
    connected by a "scalar multiplication" operation `r • x : M`
    (where `r : R` and `x : M`) with some natural associativity and
    distributivity axioms similar to those on a ring.  KType u_1 MType u_2] (aM bM : MType u_2) :
      aM -HSub.hSub.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSub α β γ] : α → β → γ`a - b` computes the difference of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent.
    * For natural numbers, this operator saturates at 0: `a - b = 0` when `a ≤ b`. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `sub` (when used as a binary operator). bM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -1 HSMul.hSMul.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HSMul α β γ] : α → β → γ`a • b` computes the product of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent, but it is intended to be used for left actions. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `•` in identifiers is `smul`. bM
    Subtraction can be expressed using scaling by `-1`. 
Proof

Combine the fact that -b = (-1)\cdot b with a - b = a + (-b).

Lemma2.20
Group: Additive inverses in modules. (4)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring and M a K-module. For any a,b\in M, we have -(a+b) = (-a) + (-b).

Lean code for Lemma2.201 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_add.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM bM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).(HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_add.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM bM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).(HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`.aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. bM)HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM +HAdd.hAdd.{u, v, w} {α : Type u} {β : Type v} {γ : outParam (Type w)} [self : HAdd α β γ] : α → β → γ`a + b` computes the sum of `a` and `b`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `+` in identifiers is `add`. -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).bM
    Negation distributes over addition in a module. 
Proof

Standard module theory.

Lemma2.21
Group: Additive inverses in modules. (4)
Hover another entry in this group to preview it.
L∃∀Nused by 0

Let K be a commutative ring and M a K-module. For any a\in M, we have -(-a) = a.

Lean code for Lemma2.211 theorem
  • theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_neg.{u_2} {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. }
      [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2] (aM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator). -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    theorem AlgebraicCombinatorics.FPS.module_neg_neg.{u_2}
      {MType u_2 : Type u_2A type universe. `Type ≡ Type 0`, `Type u ≡ Sort (u + 1)`. } [AddCommGroupAddCommGroup.{u} (G : Type u) : Type uAn additive commutative group is an additive group with commutative `(+)`.  MType u_2]
      (aM : MType u_2) : -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator). -Neg.neg.{u} {α : Type u} [self : Neg α] : α → α`-a` computes the negative or opposite of `a`.
    The meaning of this notation is type-dependent. 
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `-` in identifiers is `neg` (when used as a unary operator).aM =Eq.{u_1} {α : Sort u_1} : α → α → PropThe equality relation. It has one introduction rule, `Eq.refl`.
    We use `a = b` as notation for `Eq a b`.
    A fundamental property of equality is that it is an equivalence relation.
    ```
    variable (α : Type) (a b c d : α)
    variable (hab : a = b) (hcb : c = b) (hcd : c = d)
    
    example : a = d :=
      Eq.trans (Eq.trans hab (Eq.symm hcb)) hcd
    ```
    Equality is much more than an equivalence relation, however. It has the important property that every assertion
    respects the equivalence, in the sense that we can substitute equal expressions without changing the truth value.
    That is, given `h1 : a = b` and `h2 : p a`, we can construct a proof for `p b` using substitution: `Eq.subst h1 h2`.
    Example:
    ```
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
            (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      Eq.subst h1 h2
    
    example (α : Type) (a b : α) (p : α → Prop)
        (h1 : a = b) (h2 : p a) : p b :=
      h1 ▸ h2
    ```
    The triangle in the second presentation is a macro built on top of `Eq.subst` and `Eq.symm`, and you can enter it by typing `\t`.
    For more information: [Equality](https://lean-lang.org/theorem_proving_in_lean4/quantifiers_and_equality.html#equality)
    
    
    Conventions for notations in identifiers:
    
     * The recommended spelling of `=` in identifiers is `eq`. aM
    Double negation in a module. 
Proof

Standard module theory.